coarray_data_1.f90: Link against libatomic if target libatomic_available.
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
blob66cee075018b94fa9786a10f7cfe6ede8ead6b20
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66 \n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
79 DEFHOOK
80 (integer,
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87 \n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92 NULL. */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
96 /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */
97 DEFHOOK
98 (post_cfi_startproc,
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100 after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101 write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102 expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
104 The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void, (FILE *, tree),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
108 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
109 decl. */
110 DEFHOOK
111 (decl_end,
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
114 void, (void),
115 hook_void_void)
117 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
118 DEFHOOK
119 (globalize_label,
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
124 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
127 default_globalize_label)
129 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
130 DEFHOOK
131 (globalize_decl_name,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
136 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
139 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (assemble_undefined_decl,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
149 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
152 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
154 DEFHOOK
155 (emit_unwind_label,
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
164 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
166 default_emit_unwind_label)
168 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
169 DEFHOOK
170 (emit_except_table_label,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173 to be broken up according to function.\n\
175 The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void, (FILE *stream),
177 default_emit_except_table_label)
179 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
180 DEFHOOK
181 (emit_except_personality,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void, (rtx personality),
186 NULL)
188 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
189 DEFHOOK
190 (unwind_emit,
191 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
192 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
193 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
194 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
195 NULL)
197 DEFHOOKPOD
198 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
199 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
200 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
201 be called afterward.",
202 bool, true)
204 /* Generate an internal label.
205 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
206 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
207 (generate_internal_label,
209 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
210 default_generate_internal_label)
212 /* Output an internal label. */
213 DEFHOOK
214 (internal_label,
215 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
216 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
218 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
219 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
220 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
222 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
223 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
224 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
225 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
226 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
228 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
229 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
230 default_internal_label)
232 /* Output label for the constant. */
233 DEFHOOK
234 (declare_constant_name,
235 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
236 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
237 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
238 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
239 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
240 will be an internal label.\n\
242 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
243 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
245 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
246 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
247 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
249 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
250 DEFHOOK
251 (ttype,
252 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
253 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
254 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
255 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
256 bool, (rtx sym),
257 hook_bool_rtx_false)
259 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
260 associated with the tree decl. */
261 DEFHOOK
262 (assemble_visibility,
263 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
264 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
265 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
266 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
267 default_assemble_visibility)
269 DEFHOOK
270 (print_patchable_function_entry,
271 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
272 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
273 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
274 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
275 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
276 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
277 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
278 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
280 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
281 DEFHOOK
282 (function_prologue,
283 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
284 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
285 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
286 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
287 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
288 code should be output.\n\
290 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
291 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
293 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
294 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
295 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
296 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
297 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
298 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
299 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
301 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
302 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
303 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
304 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
305 registers are used in the function.\n\
307 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
308 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
309 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
310 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
311 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
312 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
313 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
315 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
316 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
317 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
318 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
319 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
320 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
321 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
322 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
323 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
324 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
325 void, (FILE *file),
326 default_function_pro_epilogue)
328 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
329 DEFHOOK
330 (function_end_prologue,
331 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
332 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
333 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
334 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
335 void, (FILE *file),
336 no_asm_to_stream)
338 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
339 DEFHOOK
340 (function_begin_epilogue,
341 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
342 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
343 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
344 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
345 void, (FILE *file),
346 no_asm_to_stream)
348 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
349 DEFHOOK
350 (function_epilogue,
351 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
352 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
353 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
354 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
355 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
356 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
357 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
359 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
360 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
361 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
362 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
364 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
365 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
366 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
367 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
368 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
369 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
371 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
372 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
373 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
374 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
375 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
376 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
378 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
379 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
380 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
381 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
383 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
384 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
385 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
386 number of arguments.\n\
388 @findex pops_args\n\
389 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
390 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
391 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
392 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
393 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
394 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
395 void, (FILE *file),
396 default_function_pro_epilogue)
398 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
399 DEFHOOK
400 (init_sections,
401 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
402 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
403 of its own that you need to create.\n\
405 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
406 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
407 described below.",
408 void, (void),
409 hook_void_void)
411 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
412 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
413 which this section is associated. */
414 DEFHOOK
415 (named_section,
416 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
417 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
418 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
419 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
420 this section is associated.",
421 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
422 default_no_named_section)
424 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
425 declaration, using their numerical value. */
426 DEFHOOK
427 (elf_flags_numeric,
428 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
429 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
430 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
431 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
432 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
433 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
434 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
435 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
436 is emitted.",
437 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
438 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
440 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
441 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
442 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
443 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
444 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
445 (from static destructors).
446 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
447 DEFHOOK
448 (function_section,
449 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
450 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
451 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
452 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
453 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
454 (from static destructors).\n\
455 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
456 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
457 default_function_section)
459 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
460 DEFHOOK
461 (function_switched_text_sections,
462 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
463 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
464 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
465 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
466 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
467 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
468 default_function_switched_text_sections)
470 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
471 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
472 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
473 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
474 DEFHOOK
475 (reloc_rw_mask,
476 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
477 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
478 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
479 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
481 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
482 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
483 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
484 in read-only sections even in executables.",
485 int, (void),
486 default_reloc_rw_mask)
488 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
489 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
490 DEFHOOK
491 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
492 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
493 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
495 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
496 equals true and false otherwise",
497 bool, (void),
498 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
500 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
501 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
502 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
503 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
504 DEFHOOK
505 (select_section,
506 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
507 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
508 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
509 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
510 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
511 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
513 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
514 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
516 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
517 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
518 default_select_section)
520 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
521 alignment in bits. */
522 DEFHOOK
523 (select_rtx_section,
524 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
525 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
526 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
527 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
528 in bits.\n\
530 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
531 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
532 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
533 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
534 default_select_rtx_section)
536 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
537 for SELECT_SECTION. */
538 DEFHOOK
539 (unique_section,
540 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
541 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
542 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
543 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
545 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
546 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
547 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
548 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
549 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
550 default_unique_section)
552 /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
553 DEFHOOK
554 (function_rodata_section,
555 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
556 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
557 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
558 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
559 if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
560 otherwise.",
561 section *, (tree decl),
562 default_function_rodata_section)
564 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
565 for mergeable data sections. */
566 DEFHOOKPOD
567 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
568 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
569 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
570 the string if a different section name should be used.",
571 const char *, ".rodata")
573 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
574 DEFHOOK
575 (tm_clone_table_section,
576 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
577 tables.",
578 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
580 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
581 DEFHOOK
582 (constructor,
583 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
584 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
586 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
587 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
588 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
589 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
591 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
592 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
593 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
594 is not defined.",
595 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
597 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
598 DEFHOOK
599 (destructor,
600 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
601 functions rather than initialization functions.",
602 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
604 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
605 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
606 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
607 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
608 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
609 DEFHOOK
610 (output_mi_thunk,
611 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
612 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
613 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
614 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
615 the real function.\n\
617 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
618 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
619 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
620 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
621 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
622 all other incoming arguments.\n\
624 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
625 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
626 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
628 @smallexample\n\
629 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
630 @end smallexample\n\
632 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
633 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
634 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
635 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
637 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
638 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
639 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
640 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
642 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
643 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
644 some targets, but probably not.\n\
646 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
647 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
648 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
649 not support varargs.",
650 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
651 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
652 NULL)
654 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
655 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
656 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
657 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
658 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
659 text to the output file. */
660 DEFHOOK
661 (can_output_mi_thunk,
662 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
663 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
664 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
665 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
666 previously exposed.",
667 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
668 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
669 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
671 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
672 translation unit. */
673 DEFHOOK
674 (file_start,
675 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
676 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
677 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
678 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
679 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
680 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
681 void, (void),
682 default_file_start)
684 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
685 DEFHOOK
686 (file_end,
687 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
688 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
689 void, (void),
690 hook_void_void)
692 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
693 LTO output stream. */
694 DEFHOOK
695 (lto_start,
696 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
697 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
698 nothing.",
699 void, (void),
700 hook_void_void)
702 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
703 LTO output stream. */
704 DEFHOOK
705 (lto_end,
706 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
707 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
708 nothing.",
709 void, (void),
710 hook_void_void)
712 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
713 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
714 DEFHOOK
715 (code_end,
716 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
717 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
718 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
719 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
720 nothing.",
721 void, (void),
722 hook_void_void)
724 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
725 external. */
726 DEFHOOK
727 (external_libcall,
728 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
729 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
730 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
731 void, (rtx symref),
732 default_external_libcall)
734 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
735 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
736 DEFHOOK
737 (mark_decl_preserved,
738 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
739 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
740 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
741 void, (const char *symbol),
742 hook_void_constcharptr)
744 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
745 DEFHOOK
746 (record_gcc_switches,
747 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
748 switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
749 enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
750 It can take the following values:\n\
752 @table @gcctabopt\n\
753 @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
754 @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
756 @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
757 @var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
758 direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
759 default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
760 command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
761 various different individual optimization passes.\n\
763 @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
764 @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
765 ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
766 target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
767 time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
768 warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
769 wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
770 necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
771 perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
772 switches.\n\
774 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
775 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
777 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
778 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
779 @end table\n\
781 The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
782 supported in the future.\n\
784 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
785 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
786 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
787 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
788 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
789 hook.",
790 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
791 NULL)
793 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
794 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
795 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
796 this information. */
797 DEFHOOKPOD
798 (record_gcc_switches_section,
799 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
800 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
801 hook.",
802 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
804 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
805 DEFHOOK
806 (output_anchor,
807 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
808 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
809 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
810 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
812 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
813 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
814 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
815 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
816 void, (rtx x),
817 default_asm_output_anchor)
819 DEFHOOK
820 (output_ident,
821 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
822 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
823 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
824 directive.",
825 void, (const char *name),
826 hook_void_constcharptr)
828 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
829 DEFHOOK
830 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
831 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
832 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
833 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
834 NULL)
836 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
837 DEFHOOK
838 (final_postscan_insn,
839 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
840 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
841 if necessary.\n\
843 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
844 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
845 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
846 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
847 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
848 by checking the contents of the vector.",
849 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
850 NULL)
852 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
853 DEFHOOK
854 (trampoline_template,
855 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
856 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
857 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
858 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
860 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
861 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
862 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
863 to generate it on the spot.",
864 void, (FILE *f),
865 NULL)
867 DEFHOOK
868 (output_source_filename,
869 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
870 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
872 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
873 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
874 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
875 default_asm_output_source_filename)
877 DEFHOOK
878 (output_addr_const_extra,
879 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
880 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
881 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
882 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
884 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
885 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
886 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
887 return @code{true}.",
888 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
889 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
891 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
892 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
893 initializers. */
894 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
895 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
897 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
898 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
899 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
900 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
901 (print_operand,
903 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
904 default_print_operand)
906 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
907 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
908 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
909 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
910 (print_operand_address,
912 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
913 default_print_operand_address)
915 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
916 `print_operand' hook. */
917 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
918 not this hook. */
919 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
920 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
922 bool ,(unsigned char code),
923 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
925 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
926 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
927 DEFHOOK
928 (mangle_assembler_name,
929 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
930 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
931 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
932 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
933 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
934 tree, (const char *name),
935 default_mangle_assembler_name)
937 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
939 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
940 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
941 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
942 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
943 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
945 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
946 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
947 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
948 DEFHOOK
949 (adjust_cost,
950 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
951 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
952 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
953 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
954 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
955 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
956 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
957 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
958 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
959 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
960 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
961 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
962 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
963 unsigned int dw),
964 NULL)
966 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
967 DEFHOOK
968 (adjust_priority,
969 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
970 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
971 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
972 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
973 scheduling priorities of insns.",
974 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
976 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
977 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
978 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
979 DEFHOOK
980 (issue_rate,
981 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
982 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
983 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
984 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
985 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
986 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
987 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
988 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
989 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
990 int, (void), NULL)
992 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
993 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
994 DEFHOOK
995 (variable_issue,
996 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
997 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
998 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
999 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1000 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1001 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1002 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1003 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1004 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1005 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1006 was scheduled.",
1007 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1009 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1010 DEFHOOK
1011 (init,
1012 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1013 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1014 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1015 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1016 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1017 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1018 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1019 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1021 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1022 DEFHOOK
1023 (finish,
1024 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1025 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1026 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1027 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1028 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1029 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1030 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1032 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1033 DEFHOOK
1034 (init_global,
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1036 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1037 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1038 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1039 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1041 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1042 DEFHOOK
1043 (finish_global,
1044 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1045 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1046 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1047 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1049 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1050 places. Default does nothing. */
1051 DEFHOOK
1052 (reorder,
1053 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1054 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1055 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1056 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1057 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1058 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1059 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1060 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1061 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1062 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1063 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1064 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1065 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1066 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1067 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1069 DEFHOOK
1070 (reorder2,
1071 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1072 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1073 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1074 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1075 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1076 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1077 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1078 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1079 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1081 DEFHOOK
1082 (macro_fusion_p,
1083 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1084 bool, (void), NULL)
1086 DEFHOOK
1087 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1088 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1089 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1090 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1091 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1092 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1093 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1094 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1096 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1097 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1098 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1099 DEFHOOK
1100 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1101 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1102 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1103 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1104 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1105 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1106 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1107 calculated.",
1108 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1110 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1111 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1112 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1113 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1114 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1115 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1116 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1117 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1118 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1120 DEFHOOK
1121 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1122 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1123 void, (void), NULL)
1125 DEFHOOK
1126 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1127 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1128 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1129 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1130 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1131 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1132 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1133 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1134 rtx, (void), NULL)
1136 DEFHOOK
1137 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1138 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1139 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1140 void, (void), NULL)
1142 DEFHOOK
1143 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1144 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1145 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1146 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1147 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1149 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1150 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1151 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1152 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1154 DEFHOOK
1155 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1156 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1157 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1160 void, (void), NULL)
1162 DEFHOOK
1163 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1164 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1165 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1166 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1167 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1168 void, (void), NULL)
1170 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1171 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1172 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1173 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1174 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1175 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1176 insns on the same cycle. */
1177 DEFHOOK
1178 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1179 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1180 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1181 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1182 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1183 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1184 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1185 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1186 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1187 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1188 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1190 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1191 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1192 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1193 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1194 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1195 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1196 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1197 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1198 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1200 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1201 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1202 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1204 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1205 int, (void), NULL)
1207 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1208 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1209 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1210 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1211 DEFHOOK
1212 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1213 "\n\
1214 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1215 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1216 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1217 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1218 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1219 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1220 number of cycles.\n\
1221 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1222 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1223 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1225 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1226 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1228 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1229 scheduling.
1230 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1231 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1232 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1233 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1234 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1235 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1236 scheduling on current cycle. */
1237 DEFHOOK
1238 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1239 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1240 scheduling.",
1241 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1242 NULL)
1244 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1245 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1246 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1247 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1248 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1249 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1250 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1251 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1252 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1253 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1254 DEFHOOK
1255 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1256 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1257 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1258 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1260 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1261 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1262 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1263 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1264 described in DFA.
1265 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1266 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1267 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1268 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1269 DEFHOOK
1270 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1271 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1272 an instruction.",
1273 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1275 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1276 round of multipass scheduling.
1277 DATA is a pointer.
1278 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1279 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1280 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1281 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1282 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1283 DEFHOOK
1284 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1285 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1286 round of multipass scheduling.",
1287 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1289 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1290 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1291 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1292 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1293 described in DFA. */
1294 DEFHOOK
1295 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1296 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1297 void, (void *data), NULL)
1299 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1300 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1301 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1302 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1303 described in DFA. */
1304 DEFHOOK
1305 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1306 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1307 void, (void *data), NULL)
1309 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1310 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1311 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1312 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1313 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1314 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1315 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1316 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1317 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1318 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1319 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1320 DEFHOOK
1321 (dfa_new_cycle,
1322 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1323 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1324 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1325 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1326 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1327 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1328 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1329 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1330 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1331 and the current processor cycle.",
1332 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1333 int clock, int *sort_p),
1334 NULL)
1336 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1337 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1338 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1339 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1340 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1341 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1342 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1343 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1344 second insn (second parameter). */
1345 DEFHOOK
1346 (is_costly_dependence,
1347 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1348 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1349 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1350 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1351 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1352 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1353 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1354 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1355 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1356 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1358 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1359 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1360 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1361 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1362 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1363 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1364 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1365 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1367 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1368 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1369 that new instructions were emitted. */
1370 DEFHOOK
1371 (h_i_d_extended,
1372 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1373 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1374 per instruction data structures.",
1375 void, (void), NULL)
1377 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1379 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1380 DEFHOOK
1381 (alloc_sched_context,
1382 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1383 void *, (void), NULL)
1385 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1386 DEFHOOK
1387 (init_sched_context,
1388 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1389 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1390 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1391 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1393 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1394 DEFHOOK
1395 (set_sched_context,
1396 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1397 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1399 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1400 DEFHOOK
1401 (clear_sched_context,
1402 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1403 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1405 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1406 DEFHOOK
1407 (free_sched_context,
1408 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1409 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1411 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1412 by the insn scheduler.
1413 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1414 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1415 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1416 It should return
1417 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1418 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1419 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1420 generated one. */
1421 DEFHOOK
1422 (speculate_insn,
1423 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1424 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1425 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1426 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1427 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1428 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1429 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1430 the generated speculative pattern.",
1431 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1433 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1434 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1435 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1436 DEFHOOK
1437 (needs_block_p,
1438 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1439 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1440 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1441 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1443 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1444 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1445 instruction.
1446 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1447 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1448 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1449 is being performed. */
1450 DEFHOOK
1451 (gen_spec_check,
1452 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1453 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1454 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1455 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1456 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1457 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1458 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1459 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1460 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1462 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1463 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1464 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1465 DEFHOOK
1466 (set_sched_flags,
1467 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1468 enabled/used.\n\
1469 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1470 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1471 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1473 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1474 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1475 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1476 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1478 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1479 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1480 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1481 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1483 DEFHOOK
1484 (can_speculate_insn,
1485 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1486 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1487 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1488 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1489 should not be speculated.",
1490 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1492 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1493 (skip_rtx_p,
1494 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1495 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1496 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1498 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1499 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1500 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1501 to ddg variable. */
1502 DEFHOOK
1503 (sms_res_mii,
1504 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1505 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1506 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1507 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1508 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1509 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1510 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1512 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1513 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1514 parameters. */
1515 DEFHOOK
1516 (dispatch_do,
1517 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1518 in its second parameter.",
1519 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1520 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1522 /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1523 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1524 as the second parameter is true. */
1525 DEFHOOK
1526 (dispatch,
1527 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1528 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1529 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1530 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1532 DEFHOOKPOD
1533 (exposed_pipeline,
1534 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1535 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1536 also the latencies of operations.",
1537 bool, false)
1539 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1540 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1541 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1542 DEFHOOK
1543 (reassociation_width,
1544 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1545 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1546 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1547 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1549 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1550 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1551 DEFHOOK
1552 (fusion_priority,
1553 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1554 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1555 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1557 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1558 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1559 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1560 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1561 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1562 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1564 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1565 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1566 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1567 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1568 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1569 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1570 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1571 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1572 instructions.\n\
1574 Given below example:\n\
1576 @smallexample\n\
1577 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1578 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1579 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1580 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1581 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1582 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1583 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1584 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1585 @end smallexample\n\
1587 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1588 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1589 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1590 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1591 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1593 @smallexample\n\
1594 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1595 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1596 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1597 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1598 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1599 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1600 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1601 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1602 @end smallexample\n\
1604 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1605 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1606 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1608 @smallexample\n\
1609 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1610 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1611 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1612 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1613 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1614 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1615 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1616 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1617 @end smallexample\n\
1619 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1621 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1622 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1624 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1625 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1626 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1628 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1630 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1631 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1632 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1633 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1635 DEFHOOK
1636 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1637 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1638 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1639 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1640 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1641 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1642 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1644 DEFHOOK
1645 (adjust,
1646 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1647 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1648 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1650 DEFHOOK
1651 (usable,
1652 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1653 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1654 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1655 to use it.",
1656 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1658 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1660 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1661 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1662 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1663 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1665 DEFHOOK
1666 (vf,
1667 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1668 int, (void), NULL)
1670 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1672 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1673 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1674 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1675 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1677 DEFHOOK
1678 (validate_dims,
1679 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1680 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1681 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1682 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1683 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1684 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1685 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1686 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1687 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1688 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1689 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
1690 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1692 DEFHOOK
1693 (dim_limit,
1694 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1695 or zero if unbounded.",
1696 int, (int axis),
1697 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1699 DEFHOOK
1700 (fork_join,
1701 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1702 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1703 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1704 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1705 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1706 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1707 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1708 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1709 default_goacc_fork_join)
1711 DEFHOOK
1712 (reduction,
1713 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1714 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1715 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1716 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1717 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1718 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1719 void, (gcall *call),
1720 default_goacc_reduction)
1722 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1724 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1725 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1726 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1727 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1729 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1730 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1731 function. */
1732 DEFHOOK
1733 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1734 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1735 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1736 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1737 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1739 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1740 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1741 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1742 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1743 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1744 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1745 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1746 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1747 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1748 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1749 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1751 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1752 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1753 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1754 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1755 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1756 described above.\n\
1757 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1758 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1759 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1760 tree, (void), NULL)
1762 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1763 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1764 DEFHOOK
1765 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1766 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1767 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1768 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1769 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1770 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1771 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1772 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1774 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1775 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1776 DEFHOOK
1777 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1778 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1779 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1780 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1781 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1782 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1783 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1785 /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1786 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1787 DEFHOOK
1788 (builtin_conversion,
1789 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1790 input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1791 The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1792 specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1793 (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1795 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1796 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1797 conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
1798 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1799 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1801 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1802 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1803 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1804 DEFHOOK
1805 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1806 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1807 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1808 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1809 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1810 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1812 DEFHOOK
1813 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1814 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1815 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1816 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1817 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1818 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1819 for alignment.\n\
1821 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1822 correct for most targets.",
1823 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1824 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1826 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1827 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1828 DEFHOOK
1829 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1830 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1831 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1832 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1834 DEFHOOK
1835 (vec_perm_const,
1836 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1837 vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1838 also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1839 and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1840 the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1841 registers of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1842 @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1844 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1845 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1847 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1848 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1849 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1850 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1851 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1852 implementation approaches itself.",
1853 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1854 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1855 NULL)
1857 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1858 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1859 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1860 DEFHOOK
1861 (support_vector_misalignment,
1862 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1863 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1864 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1865 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1866 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1867 bool,
1868 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1869 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1871 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1872 scalar mode. */
1873 DEFHOOK
1874 (preferred_simd_mode,
1875 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1876 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1877 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1878 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1879 machine_mode,
1880 (scalar_mode mode),
1881 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1883 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1884 DEFHOOK
1885 (split_reduction,
1886 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1887 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1888 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1889 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1890 machine_mode,
1891 (machine_mode),
1892 default_split_reduction)
1894 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1895 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1896 DEFHOOK
1897 (autovectorize_vector_sizes,
1898 "If the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is not\n\
1899 the only one that is worth considering, this hook should add all suitable\n\
1900 vector sizes to @var{sizes}, in order of decreasing preference. The first\n\
1901 one should be the size of @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1903 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1904 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1905 for autovectorization. The default implementation does nothing.",
1906 void,
1907 (vector_sizes *sizes),
1908 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1910 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1911 DEFHOOK
1912 (get_mask_mode,
1913 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\
1914 in a vector. This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\
1915 represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\
1916 long and contains @var{nunits} elements. The hook returns an empty\n\
1917 @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\
1919 The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\
1920 is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\
1921 if such a mode exists.",
1922 opt_machine_mode,
1923 (poly_uint64 nunits, poly_uint64 length),
1924 default_get_mask_mode)
1926 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
1927 mask is all zeros. */
1928 DEFHOOK
1929 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
1930 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
1931 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
1932 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
1933 bool,
1934 (unsigned ifn),
1935 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
1937 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1938 DEFHOOK
1939 (builtin_gather,
1940 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1941 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1942 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1943 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1944 loads.",
1945 tree,
1946 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1947 NULL)
1949 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1950 DEFHOOK
1951 (builtin_scatter,
1952 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1953 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1954 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1955 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1956 stores.",
1957 tree,
1958 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1959 NULL)
1961 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1962 DEFHOOK
1963 (init_cost,
1964 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1965 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
1966 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1967 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1968 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1969 "is being vectorized.",
1970 void *,
1971 (struct loop *loop_info),
1972 default_init_cost)
1974 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
1975 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1976 block. */
1977 DEFHOOK
1978 (add_stmt_cost,
1979 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
1980 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1981 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1982 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1983 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1984 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1985 "revised.",
1986 unsigned,
1987 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
1988 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1989 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
1990 default_add_stmt_cost)
1992 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1993 loop or block. */
1994 DEFHOOK
1995 (finish_cost,
1996 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
1997 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1998 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1999 "the three accumulators.",
2000 void,
2001 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
2002 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
2003 default_finish_cost)
2005 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
2006 DEFHOOK
2007 (destroy_cost_data,
2008 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
2009 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
2010 "accumulator.",
2011 void,
2012 (void *data),
2013 default_destroy_cost_data)
2015 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2017 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2018 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2020 DEFHOOK
2021 (preferred_else_value,
2022 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2023 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2024 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2025 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2026 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2028 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2029 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2030 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2032 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2033 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2034 constant of type @var{type}.",
2035 tree,
2036 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2037 default_preferred_else_value)
2039 DEFHOOK
2040 (record_offload_symbol,
2041 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2042 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2043 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2044 void, (tree),
2045 hook_void_tree)
2047 DEFHOOKPOD
2048 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2049 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2050 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2051 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2052 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2054 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2055 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2056 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2057 DEFHOOK
2058 (override_options_after_change,
2059 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2060 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2061 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2062 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2063 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2064 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2065 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2066 void, (void),
2067 hook_void_void)
2069 DEFHOOK
2070 (offload_options,
2071 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2072 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2073 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2074 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2075 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2076 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2078 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2079 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2080 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2081 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2082 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2084 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2085 DEFHOOK
2086 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2087 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2088 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2089 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2090 targets.",
2091 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2092 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2094 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2095 DEFHOOK
2096 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2097 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2098 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2099 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2100 targets.",
2101 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2102 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2104 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2105 DEFHOOK
2106 (unwind_word_mode,
2107 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2108 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2109 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2110 default_unwind_word_mode)
2112 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2113 DEFHOOK
2114 (merge_decl_attributes,
2115 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2116 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2117 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2118 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2119 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2120 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2121 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2123 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2124 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2125 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2126 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2127 will then define a function called\n\
2128 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2129 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2130 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2131 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2132 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2133 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2134 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2135 merge_decl_attributes)
2137 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2138 DEFHOOK
2139 (merge_type_attributes,
2140 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2141 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2142 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2143 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2144 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2145 merging.",
2146 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2147 merge_type_attributes)
2149 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2150 Ignored if NULL. */
2151 DEFHOOKPOD
2152 (attribute_table,
2153 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2154 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2155 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2156 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2157 take.",
2158 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2160 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2161 argument. */
2162 DEFHOOK
2163 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2164 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2165 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2166 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2167 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2168 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2169 bool, (const_tree name),
2170 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2172 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2173 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2174 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2175 DEFHOOK
2176 (comp_type_attributes,
2177 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2178 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2179 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2180 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2181 supposed always to be compatible.",
2182 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2183 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2185 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2186 DEFHOOK
2187 (set_default_type_attributes,
2188 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2189 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2190 void, (tree type),
2191 hook_void_tree)
2193 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2194 DEFHOOK
2195 (insert_attributes,
2196 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2197 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2198 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2199 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2200 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2201 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2202 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2203 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2204 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2205 needed.",
2206 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2207 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2209 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2210 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2211 DEFHOOK
2212 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2213 "@cindex inlining\n\
2214 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2215 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2216 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2217 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2218 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2219 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2221 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2222 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2223 DEFHOOK
2224 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2225 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2226 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2227 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2228 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2229 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2230 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2231 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2232 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2233 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2234 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2235 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2237 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2238 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2239 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2240 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2241 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2242 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2243 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2245 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2246 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2247 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2248 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2249 may affect its placement.",
2250 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2251 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2253 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2254 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2255 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2256 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2257 (words_big_endian,
2259 bool, (void),
2260 targhook_words_big_endian)
2262 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2263 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2264 (float_words_big_endian,
2266 bool, (void),
2267 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2269 DEFHOOK
2270 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2271 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2272 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2273 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2274 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2275 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2276 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2277 does not.",
2278 bool, (void),
2279 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2281 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2282 DEFHOOK
2283 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2284 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2285 bool, (void),
2286 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2288 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2289 DEFHOOK
2290 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2291 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2292 bool, (void),
2293 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2295 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2296 DEFHOOK
2297 (align_anon_bitfield,
2298 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2299 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2300 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2301 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2302 bool, (void),
2303 hook_bool_void_false)
2305 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2306 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2307 DEFHOOK
2308 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2309 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2310 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2311 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2313 The default is @code{false}.",
2314 bool, (void),
2315 hook_bool_void_false)
2317 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2318 DEFHOOK
2319 (init_builtins,
2320 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2321 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2322 necessary setup.\n\
2324 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2325 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2326 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2327 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2329 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2330 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2331 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2332 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2333 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2334 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2335 void, (void),
2336 hook_void_void)
2338 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2339 built-in function decl for CODE.
2340 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2341 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2342 DEFHOOK
2343 (builtin_decl,
2344 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2345 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2346 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2347 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2348 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2349 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2350 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2351 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2353 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2354 DEFHOOK
2355 (expand_builtin,
2356 "\n\
2357 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2358 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2359 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2360 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2361 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2362 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2363 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2364 built-in function.",
2365 rtx,
2366 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2367 default_expand_builtin)
2369 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2370 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2371 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2372 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2373 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2374 DEFHOOK
2375 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2376 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2377 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2378 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2379 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2380 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2381 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2382 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2383 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2384 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2385 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2387 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2388 and GENERIC. */
2389 DEFHOOK
2390 (fold_builtin,
2391 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2392 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2393 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2394 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2395 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2396 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2397 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2398 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2399 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2401 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2402 DEFHOOK
2403 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2404 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2405 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2406 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2407 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2408 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2409 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2411 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2412 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2413 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2414 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2415 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2416 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2417 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2418 and 0 if they are the same. */
2419 DEFHOOK
2420 (compare_version_priority,
2421 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2422 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2423 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2424 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2425 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2426 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2427 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2429 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2430 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2431 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2432 must be generated. */
2433 DEFHOOK
2434 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2435 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2436 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2437 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2438 body must be generated.",
2439 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2441 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2442 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2443 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2444 identical versions. */
2445 DEFHOOK
2446 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2447 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2448 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2449 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2450 identical versions.",
2451 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2453 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2454 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2455 DEFHOOK
2456 (builtin_reciprocal,
2457 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2458 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2459 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2460 tree, (tree fndecl),
2461 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2463 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2464 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2465 NULL. */
2466 DEFHOOK
2467 (mangle_type,
2468 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2469 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2470 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2471 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2472 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2473 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2474 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2475 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2476 string constant.\n\
2478 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2479 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2480 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2481 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2482 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2483 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2484 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2485 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2486 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2487 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2488 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2489 spaces in your string.\n\
2491 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2492 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2493 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2494 before mangling.\n\
2496 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2497 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2498 types.",
2499 const char *, (const_tree type),
2500 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2502 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2503 DEFHOOK
2504 (init_libfuncs,
2505 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2506 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2507 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2508 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2509 library routines.\n\
2511 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2512 void, (void),
2513 hook_void_void)
2515 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2516 DEFHOOKPOD
2517 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2518 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2519 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2520 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2521 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2522 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2523 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2524 bool, false)
2526 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2527 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2528 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2529 DEFHOOK
2530 (section_type_flags,
2531 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2532 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2533 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2534 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2536 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2537 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2538 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2539 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2540 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2541 default_section_type_flags)
2543 DEFHOOK
2544 (libc_has_function,
2545 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2546 @var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2547 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2548 default_libc_has_function)
2550 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2551 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2552 DEFHOOK
2553 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2554 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2555 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2556 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2557 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2559 @smallexample\n\
2560 static bool\n\
2561 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2562 @{\n\
2563 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2564 @}\n\
2565 @end smallexample",
2566 bool, (void),
2567 hook_bool_void_false)
2569 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2570 DEFHOOK
2571 (can_follow_jump,
2572 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2573 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2574 false, if it can't.\
2575 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2576 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2577 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2578 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2580 /* Return a register class for which branch target register
2581 optimizations should be applied. */
2582 DEFHOOK
2583 (branch_target_register_class,
2584 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2585 optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2586 usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2587 re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2588 to inter-block scheduling.",
2589 reg_class_t, (void),
2590 default_branch_target_register_class)
2592 /* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2593 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2594 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2595 already been generated. */
2596 DEFHOOK
2597 (branch_target_register_callee_saved,
2598 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2599 registers\n\
2600 that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2601 returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2602 that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2603 @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2604 saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2605 epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2606 true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2607 to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2608 to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
2609 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2610 hook_bool_bool_false)
2612 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2613 DEFHOOK
2614 (have_conditional_execution,
2615 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2616 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2617 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2618 bool, (void),
2619 default_have_conditional_execution)
2621 DEFHOOK
2622 (gen_ccmp_first,
2623 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2624 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2625 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2626 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2627 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2628 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2629 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2630 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2631 NULL)
2633 DEFHOOK
2634 (gen_ccmp_next,
2635 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2636 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2637 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2638 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2639 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2640 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2641 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2642 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2643 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2644 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2645 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2646 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2647 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2648 NULL)
2650 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2651 DEFHOOK
2652 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2653 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2654 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2655 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2656 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2657 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2658 number of memory accesses.",
2659 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2660 NULL)
2662 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2663 DEFHOOK
2664 (legitimate_constant_p,
2665 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2666 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2667 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2669 The default definition returns true.",
2670 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2671 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2673 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2674 DEFHOOK
2675 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2676 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2677 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2678 of @var{x}.\n\
2680 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2682 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2683 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2684 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2685 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2686 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2687 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2688 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2690 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2691 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2692 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2693 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2695 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2696 DEFHOOK
2697 (commutative_p,
2698 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2699 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2700 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2701 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2702 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2703 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2705 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2706 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2707 DEFHOOK
2708 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2709 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2710 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2711 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2712 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2713 but not others.\n\
2715 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2716 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2717 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2718 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2720 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2722 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2723 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2724 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2726 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2727 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2728 DEFHOOK
2729 (legitimize_address,
2730 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2731 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2732 address.\n\
2734 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2735 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2736 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2737 @var{x}.\n\
2739 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2740 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2741 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2743 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2744 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2745 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2746 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2747 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2748 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2749 strategy can generate better code.",
2750 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2751 default_legitimize_address)
2753 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2754 DEFHOOK
2755 (delegitimize_address,
2756 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2757 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2758 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2759 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2760 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2761 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2762 into their original form.",
2763 rtx, (rtx x),
2764 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2766 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2767 section. */
2768 DEFHOOK
2769 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2770 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2771 debug sections.",
2772 bool, (rtx x),
2773 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2775 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2776 DEFHOOK
2777 (legitimate_address_p,
2778 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2779 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2781 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2782 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2783 desired by the caller.\n\
2785 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2786 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2787 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2788 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2789 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2790 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2791 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2792 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2794 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2795 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2796 register is required.\n\
2798 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2799 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2800 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2801 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2802 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2804 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2805 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2806 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2807 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2808 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2810 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2811 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2812 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2813 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2814 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2815 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2816 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2817 Format}.\n\
2819 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2820 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2821 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2822 has this syntax:\n\
2824 @example\n\
2825 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2826 @end example\n\
2828 @noindent\n\
2829 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2830 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2832 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2833 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2834 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2835 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2836 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2838 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2839 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2840 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2841 default_legitimate_address_p)
2843 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2844 DEFHOOK
2845 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2846 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2847 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2848 of @var{x}.\n\
2850 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2851 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2852 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2854 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2855 DEFHOOK
2856 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2857 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2858 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2860 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2861 bool, (const_tree decl),
2862 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2864 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2865 DEFHOOKPOD
2866 (min_anchor_offset,
2867 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2868 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2869 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2870 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2871 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2873 DEFHOOKPOD
2874 (max_anchor_offset,
2875 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2876 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2877 value is 0.",
2878 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2880 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2881 DEFHOOK
2882 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2883 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2884 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2885 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2887 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2888 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2889 or target-specific sections.",
2890 bool, (const_rtx x),
2891 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2893 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2894 DEFHOOK
2895 (has_ifunc_p,
2896 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2897 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2898 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2899 bool, (void),
2900 default_has_ifunc_p)
2902 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2903 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2904 this is an indirect call. */
2905 DEFHOOK
2906 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2907 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2908 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2909 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2911 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2912 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2913 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2914 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
2915 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2916 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2917 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2918 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2920 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2921 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2922 level, outside of any function scope. */
2923 DEFHOOK
2924 (set_current_function,
2925 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2926 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2927 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2928 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2929 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2930 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2931 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2932 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2933 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2935 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2936 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2937 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2938 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2939 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2940 outside of any function scope.",
2941 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2943 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2944 DEFHOOK
2945 (in_small_data_p,
2946 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2947 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
2948 bool, (const_tree exp),
2949 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2951 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2952 to the current executable or shared library. */
2953 DEFHOOK
2954 (binds_local_p,
2955 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2956 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2957 or executable image).\n\
2959 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2960 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2961 currently supported object file formats.",
2962 bool, (const_tree exp),
2963 default_binds_local_p)
2965 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
2966 DEFHOOK
2967 (profile_before_prologue,
2968 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
2969 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
2970 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
2971 bool, (void),
2972 default_profile_before_prologue)
2974 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
2975 enabled. */
2976 DEFHOOK
2977 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
2978 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
2979 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
2980 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
2981 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
2982 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
2983 bool, (void),
2984 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
2986 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
2987 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
2988 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
2989 The default is to return ID without modification. */
2990 DEFHOOK
2991 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
2992 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
2993 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
2994 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
2995 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
2996 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
2997 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
2998 returns the @var{id} provided.",
2999 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3000 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3002 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3003 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3004 DEFHOOK
3005 (encode_section_info,
3006 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3007 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3008 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3010 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3011 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3012 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3013 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3014 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3016 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3017 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3018 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3019 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3020 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3021 leave it alone.)\n\
3023 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3024 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3025 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3026 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3027 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3028 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3030 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3031 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3032 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3033 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3034 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3035 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3037 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3038 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3039 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3040 before overriding it.",
3041 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3042 default_encode_section_info)
3044 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3045 DEFHOOK
3046 (strip_name_encoding,
3047 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3048 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3049 may have added.",
3050 const char *, (const char *name),
3051 default_strip_name_encoding)
3053 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3054 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3055 DEFHOOK
3056 (shift_truncation_mask,
3057 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3058 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3059 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3061 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3062 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3063 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3064 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3065 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3066 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3068 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3069 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3070 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3072 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3073 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3074 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3075 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3076 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3077 by overriding it.",
3078 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3079 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3081 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3082 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3083 the reciprocal. */
3084 DEFHOOK
3085 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3086 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3087 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3088 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3089 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3090 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3091 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3092 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3093 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3095 DEFHOOK
3096 (truly_noop_truncation,
3097 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3098 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3099 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3100 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3101 is correct for most machines.\n\
3103 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3104 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3105 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3106 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3107 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3109 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3110 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3111 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3112 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3113 necessarily defined at this point. */
3114 DEFHOOK
3115 (mode_rep_extended,
3116 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3117 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3118 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3119 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3120 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3121 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3122 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3123 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3124 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3125 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3127 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3128 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3129 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3130 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3132 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3133 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3134 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3135 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3136 extension.\n\
3138 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3139 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3140 @code{mode}.",
3141 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3142 default_mode_rep_extended)
3144 DEFHOOK
3145 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3146 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3147 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3148 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3150 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3151 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3152 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3153 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3154 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3155 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3156 bool, (void),
3157 hook_bool_void_false)
3159 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3160 DEFHOOK
3161 (valid_pointer_mode,
3162 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3163 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3164 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3165 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3166 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3168 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3169 DEFHOOK
3170 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3171 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3172 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3173 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3174 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3175 a pointer to int.",
3176 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
3177 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3179 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3180 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3181 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3182 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3184 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3185 DEFHOOK
3186 (pointer_mode,
3187 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3188 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3189 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3190 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3191 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3193 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3194 DEFHOOK
3195 (address_mode,
3196 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3197 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3198 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3199 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3200 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3202 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3203 in another address space. */
3204 DEFHOOK
3205 (valid_pointer_mode,
3206 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3207 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3208 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3209 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3210 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3211 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3212 target hooks for the given address space.",
3213 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3214 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3216 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3217 space for a given mode. */
3218 DEFHOOK
3219 (legitimate_address_p,
3220 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3221 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3222 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3223 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3224 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3225 explicit named address space support.",
3226 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3227 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3229 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3230 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3231 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3232 DEFHOOK
3233 (legitimize_address,
3234 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3235 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3236 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3237 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3238 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3239 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3241 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3242 DEFHOOK
3243 (subset_p,
3244 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3245 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3246 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3247 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3248 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3249 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3250 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3251 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3253 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3254 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3255 DEFHOOK
3256 (zero_address_valid,
3257 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3258 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3259 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3260 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3262 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3263 DEFHOOK
3264 (convert,
3265 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3266 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3267 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3268 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3269 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3270 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3271 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3272 default_addr_space_convert)
3274 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3275 DEFHOOK
3276 (debug,
3277 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3278 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3279 int, (addr_space_t as),
3280 default_addr_space_debug)
3282 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3283 DEFHOOK
3284 (diagnose_usage,
3285 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3286 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3287 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3288 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3289 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3290 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3291 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3292 The default implementation does nothing.",
3293 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3294 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3296 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3298 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3299 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3301 DEFHOOK
3302 (static_rtx_alignment,
3303 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3304 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3305 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3306 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3307 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3308 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3310 DEFHOOK
3311 (constant_alignment,
3312 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3313 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3314 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3316 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3318 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3319 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3320 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3321 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3322 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3323 default_constant_alignment)
3325 DEFHOOK
3326 (translate_mode_attribute,
3327 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3328 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3329 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3331 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3332 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3333 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3335 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3336 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3337 the arithmetic is supported. */
3338 DEFHOOK
3339 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3340 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3341 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3342 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3343 must work.\n\
3345 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3346 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3347 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3348 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3349 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3350 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3352 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3353 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3354 for further details. */
3355 DEFHOOK
3356 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3357 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3358 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3359 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3360 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3361 hook_bool_mode_false)
3363 DEFHOOK
3364 (vector_alignment,
3365 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3366 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3367 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3368 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3369 the vector element type.",
3370 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3371 default_vector_alignment)
3373 DEFHOOK
3374 (array_mode,
3375 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3376 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3377 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3378 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3379 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3380 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3381 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3382 used in specific cases.\n\
3384 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3385 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3386 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3387 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3389 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3390 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3391 DEFHOOK
3392 (array_mode_supported_p,
3393 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3394 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3395 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3396 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3398 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3399 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3400 has operations like:\n\
3402 @smallexample\n\
3403 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3404 @end smallexample\n\
3406 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3408 @smallexample\n\
3409 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3410 @{\n\
3411 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3412 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3413 @end smallexample\n\
3415 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3416 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3417 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3418 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3419 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3421 DEFHOOK
3422 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3423 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3424 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3425 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3426 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3427 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3428 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3429 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3431 DEFHOOK
3432 (floatn_mode,
3433 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3434 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3435 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3436 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3437 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3438 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3439 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3440 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3441 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3442 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3443 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3444 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3445 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3446 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3447 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3448 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3449 default_floatn_mode)
3451 DEFHOOK
3452 (floatn_builtin_p,
3453 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3454 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3455 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3456 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3457 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3458 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3459 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3460 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3461 bool, (int func),
3462 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3464 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3465 TO, using MODE. */
3466 DEFHOOK
3467 (register_move_cost,
3468 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3469 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3470 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3471 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3472 that.\n\
3474 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3475 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3476 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3478 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3479 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3480 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3481 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3482 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3483 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3485 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3486 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3487 default_register_move_cost)
3489 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3490 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3491 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3492 DEFHOOK
3493 (memory_move_cost,
3494 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3495 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3496 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3497 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3498 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3499 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3501 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3502 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3503 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3504 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3505 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3506 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3508 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3509 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3510 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3511 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3512 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3513 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3514 are the same as to this target hook.",
3515 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3516 default_memory_move_cost)
3518 DEFHOOK
3519 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3520 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3521 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3522 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3523 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3524 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3525 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3526 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3528 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3529 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3530 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3531 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3532 units.\n\
3534 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3535 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3536 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3537 under consideration.\n\
3539 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3540 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3542 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3543 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3544 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3545 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3546 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3547 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3549 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3550 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3551 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3552 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3553 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3554 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3556 DEFHOOK
3557 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3558 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3559 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3560 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3561 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3562 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3563 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3564 negative number from this hook.",
3565 int, (machine_mode mode),
3566 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3568 DEFHOOK
3569 (slow_unaligned_access,
3570 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3571 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3572 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3573 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3574 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3576 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3577 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3578 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3579 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3580 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3582 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3583 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3584 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3585 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3587 DEFHOOK
3588 (optab_supported_p,
3589 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3590 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3591 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3592 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3593 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3595 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3596 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3597 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3599 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3600 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3601 optimization_type opt_type),
3602 default_optab_supported_p)
3604 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3605 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3606 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3607 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3608 DEFHOOK
3609 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3610 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3611 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3612 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3613 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3614 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3615 for any mode.\n\
3617 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3618 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3619 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3620 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3621 insn.\n\
3623 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3624 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3625 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3626 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3627 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3628 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3629 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3630 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3631 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3633 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3634 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3635 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3636 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3637 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3638 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3639 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3640 hook_bool_mode_false)
3642 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3643 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3644 DEFHOOKPOD
3645 (flags_regnum,
3646 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3647 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3648 appropriately.",
3649 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3651 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3652 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3653 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3654 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3655 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3656 DEFHOOK
3657 (rtx_costs,
3658 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3660 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3661 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3662 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3663 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3664 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3665 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3666 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3668 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3669 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3671 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3672 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3673 instructions.\n\
3675 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3676 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3677 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3678 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3679 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3681 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3682 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3683 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3685 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3686 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3687 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3688 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3690 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3691 invalid addresses. */
3692 DEFHOOK
3693 (address_cost,
3694 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3695 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3696 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3698 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3699 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3700 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3701 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3703 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3704 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3705 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3707 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3708 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3709 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3710 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3711 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3712 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3713 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3714 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3716 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3718 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3719 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3720 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3721 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3722 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3723 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3724 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3725 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3726 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3727 default_address_cost)
3729 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3730 DEFHOOK
3731 (insn_cost,
3732 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3734 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3735 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3736 instructions.\n\
3738 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3739 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3740 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3741 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3743 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3744 well defined units. */
3745 DEFHOOK
3746 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3747 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3748 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3749 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3750 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3751 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3752 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3753 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3754 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3755 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3757 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3758 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3759 were true.\n\
3761 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3762 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3763 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3764 unsigned int, (edge e),
3765 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3767 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3768 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3769 DEFHOOK
3770 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3771 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3772 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3773 @code{if_info}.",
3774 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3775 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3777 DEFHOOK
3778 (estimated_poly_value,
3779 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3780 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. The default\n\
3781 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3782 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val),
3783 default_estimated_poly_value)
3785 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3786 scheduling. */
3787 DEFHOOK
3788 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3789 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3790 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3791 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3792 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3793 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3794 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3795 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3796 hook_bool_void_false)
3798 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3799 DEFHOOK
3800 (allocate_initial_value,
3801 "\n\
3802 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3803 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3804 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3805 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3806 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3807 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3808 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3809 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3810 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3811 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3812 @code{MEM}.\n\
3813 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3814 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3815 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3816 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3817 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3818 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3819 allocation.",
3820 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3822 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3823 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3824 DEFHOOK
3825 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3826 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3827 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3828 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3829 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3830 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3831 passed along.",
3832 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3833 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3835 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3836 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3837 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3838 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3839 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3840 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3841 DEFHOOK
3842 (dwarf_register_span,
3843 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3844 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3845 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3846 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3847 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3848 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3849 rtx, (rtx reg),
3850 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3852 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3853 register. */
3854 DEFHOOK
3855 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3856 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3857 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3858 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3859 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3860 machine_mode, (int regno),
3861 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3863 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3864 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3865 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3866 code, given the address of the table. */
3867 DEFHOOK
3868 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3869 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3870 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3871 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3872 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3873 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3874 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3875 void, (tree address),
3876 hook_void_tree)
3878 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3879 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3880 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3881 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3882 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3883 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3884 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3885 DEFHOOK
3886 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3887 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3888 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3889 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3890 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3891 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3892 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3893 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3894 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3895 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3896 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3898 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3899 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3900 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3902 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3903 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3904 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3905 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3906 VOIDmode. */
3907 DEFHOOK
3908 (cc_modes_compatible,
3909 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3910 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3911 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3912 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3913 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3914 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3916 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3917 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3918 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3919 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3920 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3922 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3923 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3924 DEFHOOK
3925 (machine_dependent_reorg,
3926 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3927 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3928 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3930 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3931 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3932 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3933 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3935 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3936 definition is null.",
3937 void, (void), NULL)
3939 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3940 DEFHOOK
3941 (build_builtin_va_list,
3942 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3943 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
3944 tree, (void),
3945 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3947 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
3948 DEFHOOK
3949 (enum_va_list_p,
3950 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3951 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3952 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3953 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3954 variable.\n\
3955 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3956 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3957 internal type.\n\
3958 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3959 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3960 macro to iterate through all types.",
3961 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3962 NULL)
3964 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3965 DEFHOOK
3966 (fn_abi_va_list,
3967 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3968 @var{fndecl}.\n\
3969 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
3970 tree, (tree fndecl),
3971 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3973 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3974 DEFHOOK
3975 (canonical_va_list_type,
3976 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3977 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3978 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
3979 tree, (tree type),
3980 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3982 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3983 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3984 (expand_builtin_va_start,
3985 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3986 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3988 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3989 DEFHOOK
3990 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
3991 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3992 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3993 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3994 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
3995 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3996 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3998 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3999 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4000 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4001 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4002 or an error message if not. */
4003 DEFHOOK
4004 (get_pch_validity,
4005 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4006 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4007 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4008 void *, (size_t *sz),
4009 default_get_pch_validity)
4011 DEFHOOK
4012 (pch_valid_p,
4013 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4014 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4015 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4016 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4018 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4019 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4020 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4021 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4023 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4024 suitable for most targets.",
4025 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4026 default_pch_valid_p)
4028 DEFHOOK
4029 (prepare_pch_save,
4030 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4031 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4032 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4033 to do anything here.",
4034 void, (void),
4035 hook_void_void)
4037 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4038 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4039 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4040 DEFHOOK
4041 (check_pch_target_flags,
4042 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4043 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4044 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4045 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4046 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4047 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4049 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4050 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4051 that type. */
4052 DEFHOOK
4053 (default_short_enums,
4054 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4055 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4056 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4057 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4059 The default is to return false.",
4060 bool, (void),
4061 hook_bool_void_false)
4063 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4064 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4065 DEFHOOK
4066 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4067 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4068 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4069 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4070 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4071 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4072 rtx, (void),
4073 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4075 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4076 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4077 DEFHOOK
4078 (md_asm_adjust,
4079 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4080 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4081 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4082 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4084 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4085 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4086 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4087 rtx_insn *,
4088 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4089 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4090 NULL)
4092 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4093 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4094 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4095 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4096 the function is being declared as an int. */
4097 DEFHOOK
4098 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4099 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4100 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4101 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4102 int, (const_tree function),
4103 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4105 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4106 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4107 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4108 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4110 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4111 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4112 DEFHOOK
4113 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4114 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4115 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4116 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4117 @smallexample\n\
4118 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4119 @end smallexample\n\
4120 and\n\
4121 @smallexample\n\
4122 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4123 @end smallexample\n\
4124 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4125 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4126 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4127 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4129 DEFHOOK
4130 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4131 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4132 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4133 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4134 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4135 @smallexample\n\
4136 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4137 @end smallexample\n\
4139 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4140 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4141 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4142 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4144 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4145 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4146 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4147 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4148 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4149 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4150 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4152 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4153 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4154 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4155 DEFHOOK
4156 (stack_protect_guard,
4157 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4158 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4159 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4160 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4161 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4163 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4164 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4165 tree, (void),
4166 default_stack_protect_guard)
4168 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4169 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4170 DEFHOOK
4171 (stack_protect_fail,
4172 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4173 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4174 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4176 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4177 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4178 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4179 tree, (void),
4180 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4182 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4183 protector runtime support. */
4184 DEFHOOK
4185 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4186 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4187 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4188 bool, (void),
4189 hook_bool_void_true)
4191 DEFHOOK
4192 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4193 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4194 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4195 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4196 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4197 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4199 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4200 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4201 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4202 compilation for the second case.\n\
4204 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4205 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4206 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4207 along with your other target hooks.",
4208 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4210 DEFHOOK
4211 (speculation_safe_value,
4212 "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4213 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4214 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4215 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4216 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4217 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4218 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4219 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4220 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4221 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4222 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4223 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4225 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4226 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4227 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4228 default_speculation_safe_value)
4231 DEFHOOK
4232 (can_use_doloop_p,
4233 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4234 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4235 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4236 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4237 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4238 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4239 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4241 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4242 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4243 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4244 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4245 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4246 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4248 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4249 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4250 DEFHOOK
4251 (invalid_within_doloop,
4252 "\n\
4253 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4254 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4255 could not be applied.\n\
4257 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4258 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4259 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4260 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4261 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4262 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4263 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4265 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4266 DEFHOOK
4267 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4268 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4269 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4270 default is to accept all instructions.",
4271 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4272 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4274 DEFHOOK
4275 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4276 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4277 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4278 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4279 bool, (const_tree decl),
4280 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4282 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4283 value. */
4284 DEFHOOKPOD
4285 (const_anchor,
4286 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4287 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4288 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4289 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4290 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4291 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4292 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4293 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4294 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4295 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4296 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4297 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4298 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4299 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4300 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4301 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4303 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4304 DEFHOOK
4305 (memmodel_check,
4306 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4307 memory model bits are allowed.",
4308 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4310 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4311 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4312 supported by the target. */
4313 DEFHOOK
4314 (asan_shadow_offset,
4315 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4316 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4317 supported by the target.",
4318 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4319 NULL)
4321 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4322 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4323 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4325 DEFHOOK
4326 (promote_function_mode,
4327 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4328 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4329 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4330 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4331 pointer} types.\n\
4333 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4334 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4335 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4336 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4337 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4338 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4339 the signedness may be different.\n\
4341 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4343 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4344 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4345 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4346 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4347 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4348 default_promote_function_mode)
4350 DEFHOOK
4351 (promote_prototypes,
4352 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4353 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4354 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4355 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4356 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4357 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4358 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4360 DEFHOOK
4361 (struct_value_rtx,
4362 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4363 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4364 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4365 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4366 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4367 argument.\n\
4369 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4370 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4371 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4372 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4373 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4374 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4375 the caller.\n\
4377 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4378 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4379 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4380 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4381 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4382 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4383 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4385 DEFHOOKPOD
4386 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4387 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4388 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4389 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4390 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4391 undesirable on your target.",
4392 bool, false)
4394 DEFHOOK
4395 (return_in_memory,
4396 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4397 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4398 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4399 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4400 libcalls.\n\
4402 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4403 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4404 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4405 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4406 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4407 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4409 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4410 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4411 to indicate this.",
4412 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4413 default_return_in_memory)
4415 DEFHOOK
4416 (return_in_msb,
4417 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4418 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4419 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4420 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4422 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4423 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4424 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4425 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4426 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4427 bool, (const_tree type),
4428 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4430 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4431 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4432 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4433 DEFHOOK
4434 (pass_by_reference,
4435 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4436 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4437 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4438 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4440 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4441 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4442 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4443 to that type.",
4444 bool,
4445 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4446 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4448 DEFHOOK
4449 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4450 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4451 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4452 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4453 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4454 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4455 rtx, (void),
4456 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4458 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4459 DEFHOOK
4460 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4461 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4462 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4463 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4464 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4465 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4466 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4467 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4469 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4470 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4471 named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4472 last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4474 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4475 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4476 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4477 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4478 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4479 frame.\n\
4481 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4482 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4483 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4484 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4485 for all data types.\n\
4487 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4488 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4489 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4490 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4491 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4492 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4493 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4494 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4496 DEFHOOK
4497 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4498 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4499 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4500 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4501 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4502 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4503 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4504 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4505 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4506 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4508 DEFHOOK
4509 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4510 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4511 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4512 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4513 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4514 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4515 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4516 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4517 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4518 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4520 DEFHOOK
4521 (load_returned_bounds,
4522 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4523 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4524 loaded bounds.",
4525 rtx, (rtx slot),
4526 default_load_returned_bounds)
4528 DEFHOOK
4529 (store_returned_bounds,
4530 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4531 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4532 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4533 default_store_returned_bounds)
4535 DEFHOOK
4536 (setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4537 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4538 into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4539 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4540 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4541 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4542 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4544 DEFHOOK
4545 (call_args,
4546 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4547 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4548 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4549 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4550 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4551 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4552 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4553 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4554 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4555 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4556 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4557 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4558 void, (rtx, tree),
4559 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4561 DEFHOOK
4562 (end_call_args,
4563 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4564 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4565 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4566 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4567 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4568 void, (void),
4569 hook_void_void)
4571 DEFHOOK
4572 (strict_argument_naming,
4573 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4574 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4576 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4577 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4578 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4579 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4580 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4581 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4582 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4584 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4585 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4586 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4588 /* Returns true if we should use
4589 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4590 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4591 DEFHOOK
4592 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4593 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4594 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4595 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4596 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4597 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4598 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4599 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4600 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4602 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4603 should be passed as two scalars. */
4604 DEFHOOK
4605 (split_complex_arg,
4606 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4607 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4608 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4609 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4610 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4611 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4612 point register.\n\
4614 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4615 false.",
4616 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4618 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4619 but must be passed on the stack. */
4620 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4621 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4622 DEFHOOK
4623 (must_pass_in_stack,
4624 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4625 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4626 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4627 documentation.",
4628 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4629 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4631 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4632 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4633 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4634 DEFHOOK
4635 (callee_copies,
4636 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4637 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4638 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4639 by the caller.\n\
4641 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4642 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4643 not be generated.\n\
4645 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4646 bool,
4647 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4648 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4650 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4651 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4652 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4653 DEFHOOK
4654 (arg_partial_bytes,
4655 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4656 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4657 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4658 pushed on the stack.\n\
4660 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4661 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4662 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4663 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4664 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4665 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4666 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4668 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4669 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4670 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4671 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
4672 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4674 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4675 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4676 argument. */
4677 DEFHOOK
4678 (function_arg_advance,
4679 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4680 advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4681 @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4682 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4683 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4685 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4686 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4687 used for arguments without any special help.",
4688 void,
4689 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4690 default_function_arg_advance)
4692 DEFHOOK
4693 (function_arg_offset,
4694 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4695 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4696 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4697 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4698 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4699 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4700 default_function_arg_offset)
4702 DEFHOOK
4703 (function_arg_padding,
4704 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4705 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4706 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4707 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4709 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4710 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4711 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4713 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4714 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4715 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4716 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4717 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4718 default_function_arg_padding)
4720 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4721 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4722 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4723 argument. */
4724 DEFHOOK
4725 (function_arg,
4726 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4727 register and if so, which register.\n\
4729 The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4730 arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4731 the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4732 (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4733 which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4734 nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4735 function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4736 syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4738 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4739 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4740 on the stack.\n\
4742 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4743 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4744 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4745 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4746 for more information.\n\
4748 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4749 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4750 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4751 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4752 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4753 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4754 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4755 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4756 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4757 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4758 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4759 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4760 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4762 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4763 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4764 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4766 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4767 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4768 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4769 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4770 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4771 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4773 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4774 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4775 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4776 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4777 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4778 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4779 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4780 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4781 a register.",
4782 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4783 bool named),
4784 default_function_arg)
4786 DEFHOOK
4787 (function_incoming_arg,
4788 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4789 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4790 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4791 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4793 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4794 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4795 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4796 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4797 arrive.\n\
4799 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4800 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4801 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4803 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4804 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4805 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4806 bool named),
4807 default_function_incoming_arg)
4809 DEFHOOK
4810 (function_arg_boundary,
4811 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4812 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4813 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4814 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4815 default_function_arg_boundary)
4817 DEFHOOK
4818 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4819 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4820 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4821 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4822 value.",
4823 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4824 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4826 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4827 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4828 DEFHOOK
4829 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4830 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4831 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4832 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4833 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4834 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4836 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4837 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4838 DEFHOOK
4839 (function_value,
4840 "\n\
4841 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4842 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4843 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4844 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4845 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4846 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4847 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4848 a function returns a value.\n\
4850 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4851 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4852 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4853 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4854 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4855 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4856 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4857 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4858 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4859 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4860 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4861 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4863 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4864 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4865 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4867 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4868 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4869 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4870 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4871 known.\n\
4873 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4874 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4875 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4876 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4878 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4879 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4880 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4881 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4882 default_function_value)
4884 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4885 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4886 DEFHOOK
4887 (libcall_value,
4888 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4889 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4891 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4892 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4893 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4895 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4896 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4897 default_libcall_value)
4899 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4900 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4901 DEFHOOK
4902 (function_value_regno_p,
4903 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4904 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4906 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4907 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4908 recognized by this target hook.\n\
4910 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4911 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4912 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4914 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
4915 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4916 default_function_value_regno_p)
4918 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4919 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4920 (internal_arg_pointer,
4921 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4922 current function.",
4923 rtx, (void),
4924 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4926 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4927 DEFHOOK
4928 (update_stack_boundary,
4929 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4930 necessary.",
4931 void, (void), NULL)
4933 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4934 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4935 DEFHOOK
4936 (get_drap_rtx,
4937 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4938 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4939 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4940 is needed.",
4941 rtx, (void), NULL)
4943 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4944 stack. */
4945 DEFHOOK
4946 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
4947 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4948 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4949 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4950 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4951 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4952 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4953 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4954 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
4955 bool, (void),
4956 hook_bool_void_true)
4958 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4959 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
4960 DEFHOOK
4961 (static_chain,
4962 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4963 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4964 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4965 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4966 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4968 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4970 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4971 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4972 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4973 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4974 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4975 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4976 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4977 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4978 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4979 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4980 to refer to those items.",
4981 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
4982 default_static_chain)
4984 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4985 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4986 DEFHOOK
4987 (trampoline_init,
4988 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4989 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4990 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4991 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4992 when it is called.\n\
4994 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4995 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4996 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4997 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4998 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4999 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5001 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
5002 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5003 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5004 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5005 default_trampoline_init)
5007 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5008 DEFHOOK
5009 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5010 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5011 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5012 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5013 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5014 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5015 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5016 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5017 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5019 DEFHOOKPOD
5020 (custom_function_descriptors,
5021 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5022 functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5023 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5024 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5025 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5026 targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5027 value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5028 reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5030 Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5031 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5032 HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5034 Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5035 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5036 it to be made executable.",\
5037 int, -1)
5039 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5040 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5041 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5042 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5043 DEFHOOK
5044 (return_pops_args,
5045 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5046 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5047 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5049 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5050 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5051 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5052 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5054 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5055 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5056 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5057 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5058 arguments (if known).\n\
5060 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5061 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5062 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5063 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5064 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5065 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5067 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5068 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5069 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5071 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5072 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5073 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5074 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5075 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5076 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5077 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5078 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5079 number of arguments.",
5080 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5081 default_return_pops_args)
5083 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5084 returned. */
5085 DEFHOOK
5086 (get_raw_result_mode,
5087 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5088 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5089 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5090 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5091 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5093 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5094 passed. */
5095 DEFHOOK
5096 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5097 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5098 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5099 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5100 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5101 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5103 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5104 DEFHOOK
5105 (empty_record_p,
5106 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5107 is to return @code{false}.",
5108 bool, (const_tree type),
5109 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5111 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5112 DEFHOOK
5113 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5114 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5115 ABI.",
5116 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5117 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5119 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5121 DEFHOOK
5122 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5123 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5124 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5125 bool, (void),
5126 hook_bool_void_false)
5128 DEFHOOK
5129 (init_pic_reg,
5130 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5131 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5132 void, (void),
5133 hook_void_void)
5135 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5136 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5137 DEFHOOK
5138 (invalid_conversion,
5139 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5140 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5141 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5142 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5143 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5145 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5146 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5147 DEFHOOK
5148 (invalid_unary_op,
5149 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5150 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5151 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5152 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5153 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5154 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5156 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5157 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5158 DEFHOOK
5159 (invalid_binary_op,
5160 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5161 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5162 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5163 the front end.",
5164 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5165 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5167 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5168 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5169 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5170 DEFHOOK
5171 (promoted_type,
5172 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5173 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5174 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5175 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5176 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5177 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5178 tree, (const_tree type),
5179 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5181 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5182 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5183 the standard conversion rules. */
5184 DEFHOOK
5185 (convert_to_type,
5186 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5187 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5188 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5189 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5190 conversion rules.\n\
5191 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5192 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5193 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5195 DEFHOOK
5196 (can_change_mode_class,
5197 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5198 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5199 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5200 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5201 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5203 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5204 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5205 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5206 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5207 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5208 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5210 @smallexample\n\
5211 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5212 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5213 @end smallexample\n\
5215 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5216 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5217 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5218 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5219 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5220 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5221 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5222 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5223 value that the middle-end intended.",
5224 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5225 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5227 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5228 DEFHOOK
5229 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5230 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5231 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5233 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5234 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5235 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5237 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5238 DEFHOOK
5239 (lra_p,
5240 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5242 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5243 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5244 bool, (void),
5245 default_lra_p)
5247 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5248 DEFHOOK
5249 (register_priority,
5250 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5251 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5252 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5253 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5254 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5255 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5256 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5257 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5259 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5260 int, (int),
5261 default_register_priority)
5263 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5264 DEFHOOK
5265 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5266 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5267 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5268 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5269 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5270 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5271 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5272 optimizations.\
5274 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5275 bool, (void),
5276 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5278 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5279 DEFHOOK
5280 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5281 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5282 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5283 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5284 the insn.\
5286 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5287 bool, (void),
5288 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5290 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5291 instead of memory. */
5292 DEFHOOK
5293 (spill_class,
5294 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5295 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5296 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5297 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5298 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5299 NULL)
5301 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5302 DEFHOOK
5303 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5304 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5305 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5306 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5307 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5308 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5309 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5310 bool, (reg_class_t),
5311 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5313 DEFHOOK
5314 (cstore_mode,
5315 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5316 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5317 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5318 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5319 patterns.",
5320 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5321 default_cstore_mode)
5323 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5324 classes to use. */
5325 DEFHOOK
5326 (compute_pressure_classes,
5327 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5328 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5329 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5330 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5331 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5333 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5334 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5335 DEFHOOK
5336 (member_type_forces_blk,
5337 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5338 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5340 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5341 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5342 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5343 retain the field's mode.\n\
5345 Normally, this is not needed.",
5346 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5347 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5349 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5350 that gate the divod transform. */
5351 DEFHOOK
5352 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5353 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5354 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5355 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5356 NULL)
5358 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5359 DEFHOOK
5360 (secondary_reload,
5361 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5362 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5363 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5364 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5365 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5366 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5367 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5368 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5369 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5370 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5371 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5372 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5374 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5375 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5376 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5377 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5378 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5379 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5380 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5381 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5382 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5383 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5385 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5387 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5388 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5389 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5390 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5391 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5393 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5394 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5395 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5396 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5397 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5398 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5400 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5401 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5402 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5403 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5404 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5406 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5407 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5408 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5409 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5410 single-register-class\n\
5411 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5412 output constraint.\n\
5414 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5415 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5416 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5417 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5419 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5420 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5421 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5422 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5423 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5424 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5425 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5426 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5429 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5430 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5431 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5432 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5434 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5435 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5436 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5438 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5439 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5440 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5441 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5442 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5443 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5444 reg_class_t,
5445 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5446 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5447 default_secondary_reload)
5449 DEFHOOK
5450 (secondary_memory_needed,
5451 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5452 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5453 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5454 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5455 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5456 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5457 false for all inputs.",
5458 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5459 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5461 DEFHOOK
5462 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5463 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5464 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5465 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5467 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5468 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5469 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5470 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5471 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5472 floating-point registers.\n\
5474 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5475 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5476 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5477 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5478 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5479 details.\n\
5481 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5482 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5483 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5485 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5486 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5487 DEFHOOK
5488 (preferred_reload_class,
5489 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5490 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5491 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5492 another, smaller class.\n\
5494 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5496 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5497 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5498 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5499 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5500 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5502 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5503 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5504 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5505 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5506 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5507 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5508 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5509 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5510 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5511 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5512 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5514 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5515 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5516 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5517 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5518 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5519 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5520 reg_class_t,
5521 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5522 default_preferred_reload_class)
5524 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5525 input reloads. */
5526 DEFHOOK
5527 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5528 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5529 input reloads.\n\
5531 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5532 argument.\n\
5534 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5535 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5536 reg_class_t,
5537 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5538 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5540 DEFHOOK
5541 (select_early_remat_modes,
5542 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5543 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5544 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5545 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5547 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5548 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5549 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5550 void, (sbitmap modes),
5551 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5553 DEFHOOK
5554 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5555 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5556 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5557 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5559 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5560 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5561 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5562 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5563 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5565 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5566 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5567 pressure.",
5568 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5569 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5571 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5572 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5573 DEFHOOK
5574 (class_max_nregs,
5575 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5576 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5578 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5579 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5580 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5581 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5582 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5584 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5585 in the reload pass.\n\
5587 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5588 in words.",
5589 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5590 default_class_max_nregs)
5592 DEFHOOK
5593 (preferred_rename_class,
5594 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5595 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5596 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5597 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5598 is not implemented.\
5599 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5600 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5601 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5602 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5603 be reduced.",
5604 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5605 default_preferred_rename_class)
5607 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5608 during register allocation. */
5609 DEFHOOK
5610 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5611 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5612 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5613 register allocation.\n\
5614 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5615 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5616 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5617 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5618 bool, (rtx subst),
5619 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5621 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5622 displacement addressing. */
5623 DEFHOOK
5624 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5625 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5626 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5627 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5628 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5629 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5631 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5632 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5633 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5634 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5635 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5637 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5638 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5639 DEFHOOK
5640 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5641 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5642 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5643 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5644 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5645 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5646 usage.",
5647 void, (void),
5648 hook_void_void)
5650 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5651 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5652 but will be later. */
5653 DEFHOOK
5654 (instantiate_decls,
5655 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5656 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5657 void, (void),
5658 hook_void_void)
5660 DEFHOOK
5661 (hard_regno_nregs,
5662 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5663 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5664 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5665 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5666 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5667 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5669 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5670 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5671 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5673 DEFHOOK
5674 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5675 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5676 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5677 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5678 unconditionally.\n\
5680 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5681 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5683 @cindex register pairs\n\
5684 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5685 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5686 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5688 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5689 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5690 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5691 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5693 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5694 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5695 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5696 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5697 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5698 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5699 modes to be tieable.\n\
5701 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5702 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5703 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5704 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5705 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5706 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5708 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5709 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5710 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5711 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5712 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5713 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5714 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5715 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5716 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5718 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5719 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5720 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5721 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5722 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5724 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5725 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5726 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5727 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5728 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5729 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5730 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5732 DEFHOOK
5733 (modes_tieable_p,
5734 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5735 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5737 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5738 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5739 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5740 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5741 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5742 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5743 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5745 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5746 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5747 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5748 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5749 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5751 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5752 in peephole2. */
5753 DEFHOOK
5754 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5755 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5756 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5758 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5759 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5761 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5762 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5763 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5765 DEFHOOK
5766 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5767 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\
5768 partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\
5769 clobbered by call instruction @var{insn}. If @var{insn} is NULL then it\n\
5770 should return true if any call could partly clobber the register.\n\
5771 For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are preserved across a call\n\
5772 but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should return true for a 64-bit\n\
5773 mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5775 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5776 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5777 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5778 hook_bool_insn_uint_mode_false)
5780 DEFHOOK
5781 (return_call_with_max_clobbers,
5782 "This hook returns a pointer to the call that partially clobbers the\n\
5783 most registers. If a platform supports multiple ABIs where the registers\n\
5784 that are partially clobbered may vary, this function compares two\n\
5785 calls and returns a pointer to the one that clobbers the most registers.\n\
5786 If both calls clobber the same registers, @var{call_1} must be returned.\n\
5788 The registers clobbered in different ABIs must be a proper subset or\n\
5789 superset of all other ABIs. @var{call_1} must always be a call insn,\n\
5790 call_2 may be NULL or a call insn.",
5791 rtx_insn *, (rtx_insn *call_1, rtx_insn *call_2),
5792 NULL)
5794 DEFHOOK
5795 (get_multilib_abi_name,
5796 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
5797 const char *, (void),
5798 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
5800 DEFHOOK
5801 (remove_extra_call_preserved_regs,
5802 "This hook removes registers from the set of call-clobbered registers\n\
5803 in @var{used_regs} if, contrary to the default rules, something guarantees\n\
5804 that @samp{insn} preserves those registers. For example, some targets\n\
5805 support variant ABIs in which functions preserve more registers than\n\
5806 normal functions would. Removing those extra registers from @var{used_regs}\n\
5807 can lead to better register allocation.\n\
5809 The default implementation does nothing, which is always safe.\n\
5810 Defining the hook is purely an optimization.",
5811 void, (rtx_insn *insn, HARD_REG_SET *used_regs),
5812 default_remove_extra_call_preserved_regs)
5814 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5815 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5816 DEFHOOK
5817 (case_values_threshold,
5818 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5819 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5820 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5821 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5822 unsigned int, (void),
5823 default_case_values_threshold)
5825 DEFHOOK
5826 (starting_frame_offset,
5827 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5828 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5829 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5830 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
5831 implementation returns 0.",
5832 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5833 hook_hwi_void_0)
5835 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5836 DEFHOOK
5837 (compute_frame_layout,
5838 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5839 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5840 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5841 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5842 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5843 this callback is optional.",
5844 void, (void),
5845 hook_void_void)
5847 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5848 DEFHOOK
5849 (frame_pointer_required,
5850 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5851 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5852 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5854 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5855 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5856 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5857 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5858 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5859 pointer.\n\
5861 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5862 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5863 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5864 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5865 them.\n\
5867 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5868 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5869 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5871 Default return value is @code{false}.",
5872 bool, (void),
5873 hook_bool_void_false)
5875 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5876 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5877 DEFHOOK
5878 (can_eliminate,
5879 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5880 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5881 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5882 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5883 knows about.\n\
5885 Default return value is @code{true}.",
5886 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5887 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5889 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5890 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5891 target. */
5892 DEFHOOK
5893 (conditional_register_usage,
5894 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5895 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5896 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5897 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5898 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
5899 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5900 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5901 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5902 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5903 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5904 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5905 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5906 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5907 command options have been applied.\n\
5909 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5910 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
5911 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5912 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5913 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
5914 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5915 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5916 that shouldn't be used.\n\
5918 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5919 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5920 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5921 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5922 void, (void),
5923 hook_void_void)
5925 DEFHOOK
5926 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
5927 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
5928 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance \
5929 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
5930 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
5931 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise. \
5932 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\
5933 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
5934 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
5935 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5936 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
5939 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5940 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5941 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5942 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5944 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5945 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5946 (mode_for_suffix,
5947 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5948 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
5949 machine_mode, (char c),
5950 default_mode_for_suffix)
5952 DEFHOOK
5953 (excess_precision,
5954 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5955 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5956 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
5957 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5958 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
5959 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5960 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5961 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
5962 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5963 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5964 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
5965 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5966 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5967 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5968 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5969 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
5970 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5971 default_excess_precision)
5973 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5975 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5976 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5977 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5978 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5980 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5981 DEFHOOK
5982 (guard_type,
5983 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5984 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5985 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
5986 tree, (void),
5987 default_cxx_guard_type)
5989 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5990 DEFHOOK
5991 (guard_mask_bit,
5992 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5993 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5994 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
5995 bool, (void),
5996 hook_bool_void_false)
5998 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5999 DEFHOOK
6000 (get_cookie_size,
6001 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6002 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6003 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6004 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6005 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6006 tree, (tree type),
6007 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6009 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6010 DEFHOOK
6011 (cookie_has_size,
6012 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6013 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
6014 bool, (void),
6015 hook_bool_void_false)
6017 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6018 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6019 DEFHOOK
6020 (import_export_class,
6021 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6022 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6023 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6024 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6025 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6026 backend's targeted operating system.",
6027 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6029 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6030 DEFHOOK
6031 (cdtor_returns_this,
6032 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6033 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6034 @code{false}.",
6035 bool, (void),
6036 hook_bool_void_false)
6038 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6039 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6040 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6041 DEFHOOK
6042 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6043 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6044 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6045 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6046 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6047 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6048 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6049 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6050 bool, (void),
6051 hook_bool_void_true)
6053 DEFHOOK
6054 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6055 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
6056 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
6057 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
6058 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
6059 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
6060 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6061 void, (tree decl),
6062 hook_void_tree)
6064 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6065 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6066 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6067 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6068 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6069 DEFHOOK
6070 (class_data_always_comdat,
6071 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6072 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6073 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6074 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6075 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6076 bool, (void),
6077 hook_bool_void_true)
6079 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6080 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6081 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6082 DEFHOOK
6083 (library_rtti_comdat,
6084 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6085 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6086 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6087 bool, (void),
6088 hook_bool_void_true)
6090 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6091 destructors. */
6092 DEFHOOK
6093 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6094 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6095 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6096 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6097 bool, (void),
6098 hook_bool_void_false)
6100 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6101 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6102 DEFHOOK
6103 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6104 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6105 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6106 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6107 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6108 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6109 bool, (void),
6110 hook_bool_void_false)
6112 DEFHOOK
6113 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6114 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6115 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6116 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6117 void, (tree type),
6118 hook_void_tree)
6120 DEFHOOK
6121 (decl_mangling_context,
6122 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6123 tree, (const_tree decl),
6124 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6126 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6128 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6129 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6130 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6131 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6133 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6134 DEFHOOKPOD
6135 (get_address,
6136 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6137 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6138 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6139 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6141 DEFHOOKPOD
6142 (register_common,
6143 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6144 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6145 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6146 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6147 registration function to be used.",
6148 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6150 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6151 DEFHOOKPOD
6152 (var_section,
6153 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6154 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6155 any section.",
6156 const char *, NULL)
6158 DEFHOOKPOD
6159 (tmpl_section,
6160 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6161 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6162 section.",
6163 const char *, NULL)
6165 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6166 DEFHOOKPOD
6167 (var_prefix,
6168 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6169 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6170 const char *, NULL)
6172 DEFHOOKPOD
6173 (tmpl_prefix,
6174 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6175 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6176 const char *, NULL)
6178 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6179 DEFHOOK
6180 (var_fields,
6181 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6182 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6183 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6184 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6185 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6186 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6187 default_emutls_var_fields)
6189 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6190 DEFHOOK
6191 (var_init,
6192 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6193 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6194 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6195 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6196 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6197 default_emutls_var_init)
6199 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6200 proxy variable. */
6201 DEFHOOKPOD
6202 (var_align_fixed,
6203 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6204 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6205 single objects. The default is false.",
6206 bool, false)
6208 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6209 DEFHOOKPOD
6210 (debug_form_tls_address,
6211 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6212 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6213 bool, false)
6215 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6217 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6218 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6219 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6221 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6222 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6223 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6224 DEFHOOK
6225 (valid_attribute_p,
6226 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6227 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6228 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6229 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6230 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6232 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6233 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6234 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6235 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6236 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6238 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6239 DEFHOOK
6240 (save,
6241 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6242 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6243 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6244 @xref{Option file format}.",
6245 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
6247 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6248 structure. */
6249 DEFHOOK
6250 (restore,
6251 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6252 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6253 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6254 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6256 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6257 streamed in. */
6258 DEFHOOK
6259 (post_stream_in,
6260 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6261 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6262 LTO bytecode.",
6263 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6265 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6266 structure. */
6267 DEFHOOK
6268 (print,
6269 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6270 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6271 function-specific options.",
6272 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6274 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6275 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6276 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6277 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6278 DEFHOOK
6279 (pragma_parse,
6280 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6281 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6282 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6283 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6284 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6285 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6287 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6288 DEFHOOK
6289 (override,
6290 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6291 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6292 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6293 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6295 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6296 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6298 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6299 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6300 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6301 void, (void),
6302 hook_void_void)
6304 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6305 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6306 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6307 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6308 DEFHOOK
6309 (function_versions,
6310 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6311 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6312 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6313 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6314 different target machines.",
6315 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6316 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6318 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6319 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6320 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6321 DEFHOOK
6322 (can_inline_p,
6323 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6324 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6325 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6326 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6327 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6328 default_target_can_inline_p)
6330 DEFHOOK
6331 (relayout_function,
6332 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6333 void, (tree fndecl),
6334 hook_void_tree)
6336 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6338 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6339 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6340 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6341 DEFHOOK
6342 (extra_live_on_entry,
6343 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6344 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6345 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6346 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6347 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6348 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6349 void, (bitmap regs),
6350 hook_void_bitmap)
6352 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6353 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6354 definition. */
6355 DEFHOOKPOD
6356 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6357 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6358 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6359 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6360 linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6361 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6362 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6363 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6364 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6365 bool,
6366 false)
6368 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6369 DEFHOOK
6370 (set_up_by_prologue,
6371 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6372 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6373 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6374 NULL)
6376 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6377 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6378 function attribute. */
6379 DEFHOOK
6380 (warn_func_return,
6381 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6382 bool, (tree),
6383 hook_bool_tree_true)
6385 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6386 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6387 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6389 DEFHOOK
6390 (get_separate_components,
6391 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6392 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6393 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6394 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6395 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6396 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6397 sbitmap, (void),
6398 NULL)
6400 DEFHOOK
6401 (components_for_bb,
6402 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6403 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6404 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6405 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6406 NULL)
6408 DEFHOOK
6409 (disqualify_components,
6410 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6411 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6412 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6413 epilogue instead.",
6414 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6415 NULL)
6417 DEFHOOK
6418 (emit_prologue_components,
6419 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6420 void, (sbitmap),
6421 NULL)
6423 DEFHOOK
6424 (emit_epilogue_components,
6425 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6426 void, (sbitmap),
6427 NULL)
6429 DEFHOOK
6430 (set_handled_components,
6431 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6432 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6433 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6434 will be deleted after this call.",
6435 void, (sbitmap),
6436 NULL)
6438 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6439 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6440 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6442 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6443 DEFHOOK
6444 (debug_unwind_info,
6445 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6446 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6447 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6448 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6450 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6451 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6453 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6454 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6455 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6456 default_debug_unwind_info)
6458 DEFHOOK
6459 (reset_location_view, "\
6460 This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6461 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6462 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6463 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6465 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6466 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6467 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6468 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6469 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6471 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6472 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6473 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6475 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6476 defined at this time. */
6477 DEFHOOK
6478 (canonicalize_comparison,
6479 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6480 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6481 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6482 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6484 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6485 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6486 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6487 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6488 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6489 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6490 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6492 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6493 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6494 @file{md} file.\n\
6496 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6497 comparison code or operands.",
6498 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6499 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6501 DEFHOOK
6502 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6503 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6504 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6505 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6507 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6508 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6509 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6511 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6512 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6513 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6515 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6516 defined to 1.",
6517 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6519 DEFHOOKPOD
6520 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6521 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6522 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\
6523 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6524 unsigned char, 1)
6526 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6527 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6528 as needed. */
6529 DEFHOOK
6530 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6531 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6532 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6533 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6534 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6535 hook_uint_mode_0)
6537 DEFHOOK
6538 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6539 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6540 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6541 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6542 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6543 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6544 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6545 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6546 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6547 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6548 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6549 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6550 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6551 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6552 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6553 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6554 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6555 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6557 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6559 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6560 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6561 DEFHOOKPOD
6562 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6563 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6564 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6565 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6566 bool, false)
6568 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6569 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6570 DEFHOOKPOD
6571 (have_ctors_dtors,
6572 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6573 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6574 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6575 bool, false)
6577 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6578 DEFHOOKPOD
6579 (have_tls,
6580 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6581 The default value is false.",
6582 bool, false)
6584 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6585 DEFHOOKPOD
6586 (have_srodata_section,
6587 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6588 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6589 bool, false)
6591 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6592 DEFHOOKPOD
6593 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6594 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6595 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6596 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6597 true otherwise.",
6598 bool, true)
6600 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6601 DEFHOOKPOD
6602 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6603 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6604 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6605 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6606 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6607 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6608 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6609 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6611 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6612 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6613 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6614 bool, false)
6616 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6617 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6618 DEFHOOKPOD
6619 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6620 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6621 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6622 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6623 this to be done. The default is false.",
6624 bool, false)
6626 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6627 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6628 DEFHOOKPOD
6629 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6630 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6631 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6632 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6633 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6634 bool, false)
6636 DEFHOOKPOD
6637 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6638 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6639 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6640 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6641 bool, false)
6643 DEFHOOKPOD
6644 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6645 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6646 bool, false)
6648 DEFHOOKPOD
6649 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6650 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6651 bool, false)
6653 DEFHOOKPOD
6654 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6655 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6656 targets.",
6657 bool, false)
6659 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6661 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6662 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6663 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6664 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6666 DEFHOOK
6667 (emit,
6668 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6669 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6671 DEFHOOK
6672 (needed,
6673 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6674 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6676 DEFHOOK
6677 (after,
6678 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6679 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6681 DEFHOOK
6682 (entry,
6683 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6684 int, (int entity), NULL)
6686 DEFHOOK
6687 (exit,
6688 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6689 int, (int entity), NULL)
6691 DEFHOOK
6692 (priority,
6693 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6694 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6696 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6698 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6699 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6701 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6702 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6703 #include "target-insns.def"
6704 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6706 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6707 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6708 #include "target-insns.def"
6709 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6711 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6712 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6713 #include "target-insns.def"
6714 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6716 DEFHOOK
6717 (run_target_selftests,
6718 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6719 void, (void),
6720 NULL)
6722 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6723 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)